Document:

INDENTURE, DATED AS OF MARCH 4, 2005

  
 RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC 
 RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC., 
 as Issuers 
  
 RURAL/METRO CORPORATION, 
 as a Guarantor 
  
 and the other Guarantors listed on the Signature Pages hereto 
  
 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  

  
 Dated as of March 4, 2005 
  

  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	 	 	 	Page

	ARTICLE 1
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	 	1
	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitions.
	 	24
	 Section 1.03.
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	25
	 Section 1.04.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	 	25
	
	ARTICLE 2
	THE NOTES
			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series
	 	26
	 Section 2.02.
	 	 Form and Dating
	 	27
	 Section 2.03.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	 	28
	 Section 2.04.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	28
	 Section 2.05.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	29
	 Section 2.06.
	 	 Holder Lists
	 	29
	 Section 2.07.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange.
	 	29
	 Section 2.08.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	 	30
	 Section 2.09.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	 	30
	 Section 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	 	31
	 Section 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	 	31
	 Section 2.12.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	 	31
	 Section 2.13.
	 	 CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc
	 	32
	
	ARTICLE 3
	REDEMPTION
			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Optional Redemption
	 	32
	 Section 3.02.
	 	 Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings
	 	32
	 Section 3.03.
	 	 Method and Effect of Redemption
	 	33
	 Section 3.04.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	34
	
	ARTICLE 4
	COVENANTS
			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	 	35
	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Reports and Other Information
	 	35
	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	 	36
	 Section 4.04.
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	38
	 Section 4.05.
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	41
	 Section 4.06.
	 	 Asset Sales
	 	43
	 Section 4.07.
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	45

  

 -i- 

					
	 	 	 	 	Page

	 Section 4.08.
	 	 Change of Control
	 	46
	 Section 4.09.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	 	48
	 Section 4.10.
	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	 	48
	 Section 4.11.
	 	 Liens
	 	48
	 Section 4.12.
	 	 Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
	 	48
	 Section 4.13.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	49
	 Section 4.14.
	 	 Business Activities.
	 	49
	 Section 4.15.
	 	 Payment for Consent.
	 	49
	 Section 4.16.
	 	 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
	 	49
	 Section 4.17.
	 	 Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	50
	 Section 4.18.
	 	 Existence of the Corporate Co-Issuer
	 	51
	
	ARTICLE 5
	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS
			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets of the Company
	 	51
	 Section 5.02.
	 	 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor
	 	53
	
	ARTICLE 6
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	 	53
	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	 	55
	 Section 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	 	57
	 Section 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	57
	 Section 6.05.
	 	 Control by Majority.
	 	57
	 Section 6.06.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	 	57
	 Section 6.07.
	 	 Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment
	 	58
	 Section 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	58
	 Section 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	58
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	 	58
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	 	59
	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	 	59
	
	ARTICLE 7
	TRUSTEE
			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	 	59
	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	 	60
	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	61
	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	 	61
	 Section 7.05.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	 	62
	 Section 7.06.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to the Holders
	 	62
	 Section 7.07.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	 	62
	 Section 7.08.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	 	63
	 Section 7.09.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	 	64
	 Section 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	64
	 Section 7.11.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
	 	64

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	 	 	 	Page

	ARTICLE 8
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
			
	 Section 8.01.
	 	 Discharge of Liability on Notes
	 	64
	 Section 8.02.
	 	 Defeasance
	 	65
	 Section 8.03.
	 	 Conditions to Defeasance
	 	66
	 Section 8.04.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	 	67
	 Section 8.05.
	 	 Repayment to Issuers
	 	67
	 Section 8.06.
	 	 Indemnity for Government Obligations
	 	68
	 Section 8.07.
	 	 Reinstatement
	 	68
	
	ARTICLE 9
	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
			
	 Section 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of the Holders
	 	68
	 Section 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of the Holder
	 	69
	 Section 9.03.
	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	70
	 Section 9.04.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.
	 	70
	 Section 9.05.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	71
	 Section 9.06.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	 	71
	 Section 9.07.
	 	 Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount
	 	71
	
	ARTICLE 10
	SUBORDINATION
			
	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Agreement to Subordinate
	 	71
	 Section 10.02.
	 	 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	 	72
	 Section 10.03.
	 	 Default on Senior Debt.
	 	72
	 Section 10.04.
	 	 Acceleration of Payment of Notes Over
	 	73
	 Section 10.05.
	 	 When Distribution Must Be Paid
	 	73
	 Section 10.06.
	 	 Subrogation
	 	73
	 Section 10.07.
	 	 Relative Rights
	 	73
	 Section 10.08.
	 	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers
	 	74
	 Section 10.09.
	 	 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 	74
	 Section 10.10.
	 	 Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 	74
	 Section 10.11.
	 	 Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
	 	74
	 Section 10.12.
	 	 Trust Monies Not Subordinated
	 	74
	 Section 10.13.
	 	 Trustee Entitled to Rely
	 	74
	 Section 10.14.
	 	 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	 	75
	 Section 10.15.
	 	 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt
	 	75
	 Section 10.16.
	 	 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions
	 	75

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	 	 	 	Page

	ARTICLE 11
	GUARANTEES
			
	 Section 11.01.
	 	 Guarantees of the Notes
	 	76
	 Section 11.02.
	 	 Limitation on Liability
	 	78
	 Section 11.03.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	 	79
	 Section 11.04.
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	 	79
	 Section 11.05.
	 	 No Waiver
	 	79
	 Section 11.06.
	 	 Modification
	 	79
	 Section 11.07.
	 	 Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors
	 	79
	 Section 11.08.
	 	 Non-impairment
	 	80
	
	ARTICLE 12
	SUBORDINATION OF THE GUARANTEES
			
	 Section 12.01.
	 	 Agreement to Subordinate
	 	80
	 Section 12.02.
	 	 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	 	80
	 Section 12.03.
	 	 Default on Senior Debt
	 	81
	 Section 12.04.
	 	 [Reserved]
	 	81
	 Section 12.05.
	 	 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	 	81
	 Section 12.06.
	 	 Subrogation
	 	81
	 Section 12.07.
	 	 Relative Rights
	 	82
	 Section 12.08.
	 	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantors
	 	82
	 Section 12.09.
	 	 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 	82
	 Section 12.10.
	 	 Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 	82
	 Section 12.11.
	 	 Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
	 	82
	 Section 12.12.
	 	 Trust Monies Not Subordinated
	 	82
	 Section 12.13.
	 	 Trustee Entitled to Rely
	 	83
	 Section 12.14.
	 	 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	 	83
	 Section 12.15.
	 	 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor
	 	83
	 Section 12.16.
	 	 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions
	 	83
	
	ARTICLE 13
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 Section 13.01.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	84
	 Section 13.02.
	 	 Notices
	 	84
	 Section 13.03.
	 	 Communication by the Holders with Other Holders
	 	85
	 Section 13.04.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	85
	 Section 13.05.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	85
	 Section 13.06.
	 	 When Notes Disregarded
	 	85
	 Section 13.07.
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	 	86
	 Section 13.08.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	 	86
	 Section 13.09.
	 	 Governing Law
	 	86
	 Section 13.10.
	 	 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
	 	86

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	 	 	 	Page

	 Section 13.11.
	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	 	87
	 Section 13.12.
	 	 Successors
	 	87
	 Section 13.13.
	 	 Multiple Originals
	 	87
	 Section 13.14.
	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	 	87
	 Section 13.15.
	 	 Indenture Controls
	 	87
	 Section 13.16.
	 	 Severability
	 	87

  

					
	 Appendix A
	 	–	    	 Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes

	
	 EXHIBIT INDEX

			
	 Exhibit A
	 	–	    	 Initial Note

	 Exhibit B
	 	–	    	 Exchange Note

	 Exhibit C
	 	–	    	 Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

	 Exhibit D
	 	–	    	 Form of Notation of Guarantee

	 Exhibit E
	 	–	    	 Form of Supplemental Indenture

  

 -v- 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	 TIA
 Section

	 	Indenture
Section

	310	 	 (a)(1)
	 	7.10
	 	 	 (a)(2)
	 	7.10
	 	 	 (a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (b)
	 	7.08; 7.10
	 	 	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	311	 	 (a)
	 	7.11
	 	 	 (b)
	 	7.11
	 	 	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	312	 	 (a)
	 	2.06
	 	 	 (b)
	 	13.03
	 	 	 (c)
	 	13.03
	313	 	 (a)
	 	7.06
	 	 	 (b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (b)(2)
	 	7.06
	 	 	 (c)
	 	7.06
	 	 	 (d)
	 	4.02; 4.09
	314	 	 (a)
	 	4.02; 4.09
	 	 	 (b)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (c)(1)
	 	13.04
	 	 	 (c)(2)
	 	13.04
	 	 	 (c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (d)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (e)
	 	13.05
	 	 	 (f)
	 	4.10
	315	 	 (a)
	 	7.01
	 	 	 (b)
	 	7.05
	 	 	 (c)
	 	7.01
	 	 	 (d)
	 	7.01
	 	 	 (e)
	 	6.11
	316	 	 (a) (last sentence)
	 	13.06
	 	 	 (a)(1)(A)
	 	6.05
	 	 	 (a)(1)(B)
	 	6.04
	 	 	 (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	 (b)
	 	6.07
	317	 	 (a)(1)
	 	6.08
	 	 	 (a)(2)
	 	6.09
	 	 	 (b)
	 	2.05
	318	 	 (b)
	 	13.01

  
 N.A. Means Not Applicable. 

 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of
this Indenture. 

 INDENTURE dated as of March 4, 2005 among RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the “Company”), RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC. (the “Corporate Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), RURAL/METRO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation as a
Guarantor (the “Parent”), the other Guarantors named herein and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee. 
  
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $125,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Issuers’ 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Original
Notes”) issued on the date hereof (together with the Discount Notes, the “Offerings”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be exchanged for Original Notes or otherwise issued after the date hereof in the
form of Exhibit A (all such securities in clauses (a) and (b), excluding the Discount Notes, being referred to collectively as the “Initial Notes”), and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement
(as defined in Appendix A hereto (the “Appendix”)) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined in the Appendix) and issued, the Issuers’ 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”) issued in
the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Appendix) in exchange for any Initial Notes or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants set
forth in this Indenture, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
  

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person
and in each case whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or consolidation. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means additional 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 issued under the terms of this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.03.

  
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any
specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and
“controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. 

 “Applicable Premium” means with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date,
the excess of: 
  
 (x) the present value at such
redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at March 15, 2010 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.01) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Notes through March 15, 2010
(excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
  
 (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed. 
  
 “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person
pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person (other than
a Restricted Subsidiary) which assets are used or useful in a Permitted Business, other than in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary
course of business), assignment or other transfer (other than the granting of a Lien in accordance with this Indenture) for value by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other
than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include:

  
 (1) a transaction or series of related
transactions for which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration or which has a Fair Market Value of less than $2.0 million; 
  

(2) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted by
Article Five or any transaction that constitutes a Change of Control; 
  
 (3) any Restricted Payment made in accordance with Section 4.04 or a Permitted Investment; 
  
 (4) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary made in accordance with Section 4.17; 
  
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash
Equivalents; 
  
 (6) the sale of obsolete or worn
out equipment or any other property (including inventory or equipment) that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, is obsolete or worn out and is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  

 -2- 

 (7) Permitted Liens; or 
  
 (8) the sale of inventory and products in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale and
Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the greater of 
  
 (1) the fair value of the property subject to such arrangement; and 
  
 (2) the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the total
obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). 
  
 “beneficial owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent
condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

 
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a
copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means a day other
than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law to close. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means 
  
 (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options (whether or not
currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) representing interests in corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person and 
  
 (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation,
any and all partnership or other Equity Interests of such Person. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this
definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -3- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government
or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political
subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”); 
  
 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of
acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; 
  
 (4) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;

  
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
  
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (5) above. 
  
 “Change of
Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
  
 (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act,
except that for purposes of this clause that person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing 35% or more of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Parent; 
  
 (2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
the Board of Directors of Parent (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by 

  

 -4- 

 
the stockholders of Parent was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of Parent then still in office who were either directors at the beginning
of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent; 
  
 (3) (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) Parent consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges with or into Parent, in either case under
this clause (3), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons owning Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent
immediately prior to such consummation do not own Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or the surviving or transferee Person; 
  
 (4) Parent or Company shall adopt a plan of liquidation or dissolution or any such plan shall be approved by
the stockholders of Parent or Company; or 
  
 (5)
Parent shall cease to directly or indirectly own 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company. 
  
 “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the
Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any subsequent provisions of the Code amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, or if at any time after the execution of
this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the applicable duties now assigned to it, then the body or bodies performing such duties at such time. 
  
 “Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other
equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common
stock. 
  
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with
respect to the Issuers, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of: 
  
 (1) Consolidated Net Income; and 
  
 (2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby and with respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary only to the extent that the declaration of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise at the date of determination: 
  
 (A) all income taxes paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period; 
  

 -5- 

 (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, and 
  
 (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, 
  
 less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other
than (i) accruals of revenue in the ordinary course of business and (ii) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for non-cash items) for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to the Company, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving
rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Company for the Four Quarter Period. In addition
to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such
calculation to: 
  
 (1) the incurrence or
repayment of any Indebtedness or issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or
repayment of other Indebtedness or issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes
pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior, to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment or issuance or
redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and 
  
 (2) any asset sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the
need to make such calculation as a result of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired
Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act or certified as expected to occur within six months after
such transaction in a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four
Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any
such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. 
  

 -6- 

 If the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a
third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. 
  
 “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to the
Company for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus 
  
 (2) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock) paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective
consolidated federal, state, foreign and local income tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal. 
  
 Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges”: 
  
 (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and
which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; 
  
 (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the
Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have
been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and 
  
 (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum in
effect on the Transaction Date resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements on such date. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to the Company for any period, the sum of, without duplication: 
  
 (1) the aggregate of the interest expense of the Company and
the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation or duplication, 
  
 (A) any amortization of debt discount and amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs (other than the write-off of deferred
financing charges as a result of the Refinancing and the amortization of deferred financing charges arising from the Refinancing), 
  

 -7- 

 (B) the net payments and receipts under Interest Swap Obligations, 
  
 (C) all capitalized interest, 
  
 (D) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings, 
  
 (E) all other non-cash interest expense, and 
  
 (F) all interest payable with respect to discontinued operations; 
  
 (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness paid, accrued
and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to the Company, for any period, the aggregate net income (or
loss) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom: 
  
 (1) net gains and losses from asset sales; 
  
 (2) extraordinary or non-recurring gains, losses and charges
(determined on an after-tax basis); 
  
 (3) the
net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise; 
  
 (4) the net income or loss of any Person, other than a
Restricted Subsidiary, except, in the case of net income, to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary by such Person or, in the case of a loss, to the extent such loss is required to be funded
in cash; 
  
 (5) any restoration to income of any
contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date; 
  

(6) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period
whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued); 
  
 (7) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 
  
 (8) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Interest Swap Obligations; 
  

 -8- 

 (9) in the case of a successor to the Company by consolidation or merger or as a
transferee of the Company’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; 
  
 (10) cumulative effect of any change in accounting principle; and 
  
 (11) any non-cash compensation arising from the award or exercise of stock options, stock awards or
restricted stock of Company or Parent. 
  
 “Consolidated
Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to the Company, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or charges of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of the
Company for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be dated as
of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA, as syndication agent, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, together with
the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, Interest Swap Obligations and other instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith), in each case as such agreements
may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the
amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.03) or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such
agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper
facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or other investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit, in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or
refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice of both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means (1) Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under or in respect of the Credit
Agreement and (2) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount, or commitments, of at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the
instrument evidencing such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” by the Company; provided that the Discount Notes shall in no event be Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 “Discount Notes” means the $93.5 million aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the 123⁄4% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of Parent issued under the Discount Indenture, together 

  

 -9- 

 
with any senior discount notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Discount Indenture, together with any senior discount notes issued in exchange
therefor pursuant to the Discount Indenture. 
  
 “Discount
Indenture” means the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, to be dated March 4, 2005 by and between Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 
  
 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is mandatorily exchangeable for
Indebtedness, or is redeemable or exchangeable for Indebtedness, at the sole option of the holder thereof on or prior to 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes. 
  
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
(but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means a sale of common equity capital of the Company or a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company with
the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of a common stock of Parent. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 

 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or
property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair
Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not
organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and any direct or indirect subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Four Quarter Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 
  

 -10- 

 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 
  
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for
the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or 
  
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by the United States of America; 
  
 which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a
specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make
any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities
evidenced by such depository receipt. 
  
 “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit
or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor. 
  
 “Guarantor” means (1) Parent, for so long as its Guarantee is in effect, (2) each Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company that guarantees the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date; and (3) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the
terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

  
 “Guarantor Senior Debt” means, with respect
to any Guarantor: the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest
is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of, or guaranteed by, a Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument
creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
“Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect
thereto, whether or not such interest is an 

  

 -11- 

 
allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (x) all monetary obligations of every nature of such
Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);
and 
  
 (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (and
guarantees thereof); 
  
 in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or
thereafter incurred. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include: 
  
 (1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
(including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than Indebtedness to a direct or indirect shareholder as a lender under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials
or services; 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by
Disqualified Capital Stock; 
  
 (5) any liability
for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor; 
  
 (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of Section 4.03 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such
obligation or their representative shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire
committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is
without recourse to the Company; and 
  
 (8) any
Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor. 
  
 “Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of any Notes. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 
  
 (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

  

 -12- 

 (2) all indebtedness of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments; 
  
 (3) all Capitalized
Lease Obligations of such Person; 
  
 (4) all
indebtedness of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all indebtedness under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted); 
  
 (5) all indebtedness for the reimbursement of any obligor on
any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; 
  
 (6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below; 
  
 (7) all indebtedness of any other Person of the type
referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such indebtedness being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or asset or the amount of the
indebtedness so secured; 
  
 (8) all indebtedness
under Interest Swap Obligations of such Person; and 
  
 (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed
repurchase price, but excluding accrued and unpaid dividends, if any. 
  
 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if
such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Capital
Stock, such Fair Market Value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, letters of credit issued pursuant to the dedicated letter of
credit facility contained in the Credit Agreement shall constitute “Indebtedness” under this definition only as and when they are required, in accordance with GAAP, to be accounted for as indebtedness on the face of the Company’s
balance sheet. 
  
 “Indenture” means this
Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm 
  

 -13- 

 (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees and Affiliates do not,
have a direct or indirect material financial interest in or control relationship with the Company; and 
  
 (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which
it is to be engaged. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers”
means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
  
 “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated
by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 
  
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit
(including, without limitation, guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such
Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (the “Referent Subsidiary”) such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
disposition, the Referent Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of the Referent
Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 
  
 “Issue
Date” means March 4, 2005, the date of initial issuance of the Notes. 
  
 “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 
  
 “Moody’s” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Cash Equivalents. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in
respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest), received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset
Sale net of: 
  
 (1) reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions and relocation expenses); 
  

 -14- 

 (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax
liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; 
  
 (3) repayments of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture on the property or assets subject to such Asset Sale that is
required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale; 
  
 (4) appropriate amounts to be determined by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; 
  
 (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Sale in escrow, whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Sale or otherwise in connection
with that Asset Sale; provided, however, that upon the termination of that escrow, Net Cash Proceeds will be increased by any portion of funds in the escrow that are released to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 

 
 (6) all distributions and other payments required to be
made to minority interest holders or joint venture partners in Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interests, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the
Offering Memorandum relating to the offering of the Notes dated February 28, 2005. 
  
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the
Company. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a
certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the
requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
  

 -15- 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 
  
 “Pari Passu Debt” means any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or
the Guarantees, as applicable. 
  
 “Permitted
Investments” means: 
  
 (1) Investments
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any Indebtedness evidencing such Investment is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; 
  
 (3) Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 5% of the Company’s Total Assets; 
  
 (4) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (5) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for
bona fide business purposes not in excess of an aggregate of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (6) Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s businesses and
otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 
  
 (7) Investments represented by accounts receivable created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (8) Investments existing on the Issue Date; 
  
 (9) Investments in the Notes otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (10) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; 
  
 (11) Investments made by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale
made in compliance Section 4.06 or upon a disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
  
 (12) guarantees otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  

 -16- 

 (13) Investments acquired in exchange for the Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or
Capital Stock of Parent; and 
  
 (14) additional
Investments not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Permitted Joint Venture” means any joint venture or other business enterprise entered into between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and a county, city, municipality, fire district, other governmental entity (or
agency thereof) or health services provider for the purpose of engaging in a Permitted Business and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent. 
  
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 
  
 (1) Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor; or 
  
 (2) debt securities issued
pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization that are subordinated to (a) all Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt and (b) any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than,
the Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt under this Indenture. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 
  
 (1) Liens securing Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt; 
  
 (2) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
claims either (A) not delinquent or (B) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, as to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

  
 (3) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate
provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; 
  
 (4) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 
  
 (5) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so
long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall
not have expired; 
  

 -17- 

 (6) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or
encumbrances in respect of real property not impairing in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (7) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such
Liens do not extend to any property or asset which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation; 
  
 (8) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of
bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
  
 (9) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit or letters of credit permitted under Section
4.03(b)(10) which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
  
 (10) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; 
  
 (11) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations to the extent such Interest Swap Obligations are otherwise permitted to be incurred under
this Indenture; 
  
 (12) Liens securing Purchase
Money Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(7); provided, however, that in the case of Purchase Money Indebtedness (a) the Indebtedness shall not exceed the cost of such property or assets and shall not be secured by any
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property and assets so acquired or constructed and (b) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be created within 180 days of such acquisition or construction or, in the
case of a refinancing of any Purchase Money Indebtedness, within 180 days of such refinancing; 
  
 (13) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness (and any Indebtedness which Refinances such Acquired Indebtedness) incurred in accordance with
Section 4.03; provided that 
  
 (A) such
Liens secured the Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  

 -18- 

 (B) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (14) Liens constituting licenses not otherwise prohibited
under the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (15) Liens
securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (16) Liens arising under this Indenture in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders; 
  
 (17) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
  
 (18) Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  
 (19) additional Liens not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Person” means an individual, partnership, limited liability
company, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such
Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
  
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of
installation, construction or improvement of any property or equipment. 
  
 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock. 
  
 “Referent Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Investment. 
  
 “Refinance” means in respect of any security or
Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and
“Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness (x) entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (y) incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(1) or
4.03(b)(3), in each case that does not: 
  
 (1)
result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing (except to the extent of the 

  

 -19- 

 
amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and the amount of reasonable fees and expenses
incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing); or 
  
 (2) create Indebtedness with (A) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (B) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity
of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of the Company, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and (y) if such Indebtedness being
Refinanced is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (z) if such
Indebtedness being refinanced is Senior Debt, clauses 2(A) and 2(B) hereof shall not apply. 
  
 “Replacement Assets” means tangible or intangible assets and property (including improvements thereto) that will be used in a Permitted Business (including, without limitation, the Capital Stock of a
Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company). 
  
 “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other
trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all
times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not been designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, by a
Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.17. 
  
 “S&P” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Cash Equivalents. 
  
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any
such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or
transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced on the security of such property. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes
thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation
with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter 

  

 -20- 

 
created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the
same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any,
interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all
other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without
limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and 
  
 (2) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof); 
  
 in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall
not include: 
  
 (1) any Indebtedness of the
Company to Parent of any of its Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than Indebtedness to a direct or
indirect shareholder as a lender under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred (but not under the Credit Agreement) in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock;

  
 (5) any liability for federal, state, local
or other taxes owed or owing by the Company; 
  
 (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of Section 4.03 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their
representative shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount
thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is
without recourse to the Company; and 
  

 -21- 

 (8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to
any other Indebtedness of the Company. 
  
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any
Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the day on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the
Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment
to its Guarantee of the Notes. 
  
 “Subsidiary,”
with respect to any Person, means 
  
 (1) any
corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or

  
 (2) any other Person of which at least a
majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means a Guarantor other than Parent. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
  
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance
sheet of the Company. 
  
 “Treasury Rate” means,
as of the redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least
two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, 

  

 -22- 

 
any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2010; provided,
however, that if the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

 
 “Trust Officer” means: 
  
 (1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such
officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
  
 (2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  
 “Trustee” means, initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a
national banking association, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, and its successors in such capacity. 
  
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means 
  
 (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of
determination shall be or continue to be designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.17; and 
  
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

“Voting Stock” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof
(whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant Equity Interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (A) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (B) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (I) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (II) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such
date and the making of such payment. 
  

 -23- 

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term

	 	 	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	 	 	  	4.07
	 “Appendix”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	 	 	  	6.01
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	 	 	  	4.08(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	 	  	4.08 (b)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	 	 	  	4.08(a)
	 “Clearstream”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	 	 	  	8.02(b)
	 “Custodian”
	 	 	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Designation”
	 	 	  	4.17
	 “Depository”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Euroclear”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	 	 	  	6.01
	 “Exchange Notes”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Existing Indebtedness”
	 	 	  	4.03(b)(3)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	 	 	  	11.01
	 “IAI”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	 	 	  	13.01
	 “incur”
	 	 	  	4.03(a)
	 “Initial Notes”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Issuers”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	 	 	  	8.02
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	 	 	  	4.06(b)
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	 	 	  	4.06(b)
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
	 	 	  	4.06(b)
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	 	 	  	4.06(b)
	 “Notes”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Offerings”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Original Notes”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Parent”
	 	 	  	Preamble
	 “Paying Agent”
	 	 	  	2.04
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	 	 	  	10.03(a)
	 “payment default”
	 	 	  	6.01(d)
	 “Permitted Business”
	 	 	  	4.14
	 “Permitted Indebtedness”
	 	 	  	4.03(b)
	 “protected purchaser”
	 	 	  	2.08
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “QIB”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Reference Date”
	 	 	  	4.04
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	 	 	  	Appendix A

  

 -24- 

					
	 Term

	 	 	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Registration Default Damages”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Registration Rights Agreement”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	 	 	  	2.04
	 “Regulation S”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Securities”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	 	 	  	4.04
	 “Restricted Period”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 501”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Securities Custodian”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Subordinated Guarantee Payments”
	 	 	  	12.02
	 “Subordinated Note Payments”
	 	 	  	10.01
	 “Surviving Entity”
	 	 	  	5.01
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	 	 	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Definitive Note”
	 	 	  	Appendix A

  
 Section 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees. 
  
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means
the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes. 
  
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires: 
  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned
to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise
defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 
  

 -25- 

 (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular; 
  
 (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall
not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
  
 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that
would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuers dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum
mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 
  
 (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder
shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (j) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; 
  
 (k) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect
to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Registration Default Damages, to the extent that, in such context, Registration Default Damages are, were, or would be payable in respect thereof; 
  
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Original Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $125,000,000. The Notes may
be issued in one or more series. All Notes of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination. The Issuers may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited
principal amount, so long as (i) the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this
Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.10, 2.11,
3.03(b), 4.08(e) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided 
  

 -26- 

 in an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance
of such Additional Notes: 
  
 (1) whether such
Additional Notes shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Notes and the title of such Additional Notes (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from Notes of any other series); 
  
 (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, 
  
 (3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; 
  
 (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or
more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto and any
circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Notes may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Notes in whole or in part
may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Notes or a nominee thereof; and 
  
 (5) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as
set forth in Exhibit A, but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate
record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the
terms of the Additional Notes. 
  
 Section 2.02. Form and
Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly
made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each
be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the
Issuers or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in
registered form without interest coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
  

 -27- 

 Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer (a) Original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an
aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes
exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Appendix, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at
least $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, whether such Additional Notes are of the same or a different series than the Original Notes. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall
be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of
which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  
 The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the Depository in the form provided by the Issuers and to act in
accordance with such letter. 
  
 Section 2.04. Registrar and
Paying Agent. (a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuers shall enter
into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The
Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers 
  

 -28- 

 
fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section
7.07. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 (b) The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i)
if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to
the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee;
provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 
  
 Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any
Note, the Company shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest
when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying
Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying
with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 Section 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of
the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 
  
 Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for
registration of transfer and in compliance with the Appendix. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes
are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers
and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any
transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Issuers 
  

 -29- 

 
shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to
be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors,
the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all
other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of
such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in
such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
  
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
  
 Section 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such
loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in
Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond
sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in
replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers
in their discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 
  

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  
 Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for: 
  
 (1) Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation; 
  

 -30- 

 (2) any Note which has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 unless and until the
Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser; and 
  
 (3) on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to an offer to purchase, those Notes
payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due. 
  
 (b) A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or one of
their Affiliates holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, (it being understood that in determining whether the Trustee is protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned will be so disregarded). 
  
 (c) If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all
principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) will cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes
are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of
the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
  
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar
and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have
redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay
the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such 
  

 -31- 

 
defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states
the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
  
 Section 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP
numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION

  
 Section 3.01. Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes will
be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after March 15, 2010 at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2010
	  	104.938	%
	 2011
	  	103.292	%
	 2012
	  	101.646	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, prior
to March 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Registration Default Damages, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the
right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
  
 Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March
15, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the 
  

 -32- 

 
date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after any
such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Issuers shall consummate such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering. 
  
 Section 3.03. Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Issuers
elect to redeem Notes, they must notify the Trustee of the redemption date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price by delivering an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that such
redemption shall comply with the conditions set forth in this Article 3, at least 40 but no more than 60 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any
time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other
method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; and provided, further, that if a partial redemption is made with the
proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures), unless such
method is otherwise prohibited. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder
and shall thereby be void and of no effect. Notice of redemption must be sent by the Issuers or at the Issuers’ request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, to Holders whose Notes are to be redeemed at least 30 but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Section 8.01 or Section 8.02 of this Indenture. The notice of
redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include, state or be governed by the following: 
  
 (i) the redemption date; 
  
 (ii) the redemption price including the portion thereof representing any accrued interest or Registration Default Damages, if any;

  
 (iii) the names and addresses of the Paying
Agents where Notes are to be surrendered; 
  
 (iv) notes called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent in order to collect the redemption price and any accrued interest or Registration Default Damages; 
  
 (v) on the redemption date the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes called for redemption
and interest on Notes and portions thereof called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (vi) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to
be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
  

 -33- 

 (vii) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of
that Note that is to be redeemed; 
  
 (viii) if
any Note is to be redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed part will be issued; 
  
 (ix) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being
redeemed; and 
  
 (x) that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or CINS number, or “common number” listed in such notice or printed on the Notes and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.

  
 (b) Once notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 3.03 is
mailed to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, the Issuers shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Registration Default Damages, if any, to the redemption date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. Upon surrender of any
Note redeemed in part, the holder will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered Note. 
  
 Section 3.04. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the
Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes
or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the
Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Registration Default Damages, if any, on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless a Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest and Registration Default Damages, if any,
shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. 
  

 -34- 

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuers agree to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the
due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes, or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee (or Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided
that if the Issuers are acting as Paying Agent, they will, on or before each due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise
disposed of as provided in this Indenture. In each case the Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee of their compliance with this paragraph. An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee (or Paying
Agent, other than the Issuers) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Issuers act as Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the due date only if paid to the
Holders. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal
at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02. Reports and Other Information. Notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission, the Company will
furnish to the Holders and the Trustee: 
  
 (1)
all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or
in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial
condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accounts, in each case within the time
periods in which such report would be required to be filed as specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company was required to file such
reports, in each case within the time periods in which such report would be required to be filed as specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. 
  

 -35- 

 In addition, following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration
Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. So long as the Parent’s Guarantee remains in effect
(there being no obligation of Parent to keep such Guarantee effective) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports and information required to be filed
with the Commission and furnished to the Trustee and holders, of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.02 may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of Parent rather than Company. 
  
 In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 Section 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or
otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) or issue Preferred Stock if on
the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Stock, after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be at least 2.0 to 1.0. 

 
 (b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not prohibit the
incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance any of the following items of Preferred Stock, as applicable (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”): 
  
 (1) Indebtedness under the Notes issued in the Offerings in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125.0 million and Guarantees thereof; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed $200.0 million less the amount of any such Indebtedness permanently retired with the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Issue Date to reduce the outstanding amounts pursuant to Section 4.06;

  
 (3) other Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Offerings, reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent
reductions thereon (“Existing Indebtedness”); 
  

 -36- 

 (4) Interest Swap Obligations of (A) the Issuers covering Indebtedness of the Company or
(B) any Restricted Subsidiary covering Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided, however, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this Section 4.03; provided further, however, that the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligations does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligations relates; 
  
 (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary for so long as such Indebtedness is held by
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case subject to no Lien held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns or
holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness; 
  
 (6) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary
for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case subject to no Lien; provided that (A) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written
agreement, to the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and (B) if as of any date any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness,
the Company shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness; 
  
 (7) (A) Purchase Money Indebtedness, (B) Capital Lease Obligations, and (C) Indebtedness incurred in connection with an Asset Acquisition
(including Acquired Indebtedness), in each case incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $15.0 million; 
  
 (8) Indebtedness constituting an agreement or commitment to
pay a dividend that has been declared or otherwise to make a payment or distribution as described in Section 4.04(a)(i); 
  
 (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently
(except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two (2) Business Days after incurrence; 
  
 (10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, notary bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and,
in each of the foregoing cases, letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -37- 

 (11) Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under this
Indenture; 
  
 (13) customary earn-out and
similar obligations incurred in connection with agreements to acquire assets or properties; and 
  
 (14) additional Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million
at any one time outstanding. 
  
 (c) For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.03: 
  
 (1) in the
event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (14) of Section 4.03(b), or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may, in its sole discretion, subject to clause (2) below, divide and classify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock into more than one of such
categories on the date of its incurrence, or later classify, reclassify or divide all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on
the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (2) of Section 4.03(b) and the Company will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter; and 
  
 (3) accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the
same class of Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. 
  
 Section 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than (i) dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and (ii) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions to the Company
or any other Restricted Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to the other holders of the same class of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary) on or in respect of shares of its Capital Stock to holders of such
Capital Stock; 
  
 (b) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company; 
  

 -38- 

 (c) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire
or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such
Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; or 
  
 (d) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) 
  
 (each of
the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto: 
  
 (1) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing; 
  
 (2) the Company is not able to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
  
 (3) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made after the Issue Date (the amount
expended for such purpose, if other than in cash, being the Fair Market Value of such property) shall exceed the sum of: 
  
 (w) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of
the Company earned during the period beginning on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter following the Issue Date and ending on the last date of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available prior to the date of
such Restricted Payment (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period); plus 
  
 (x) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the
Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date from the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company’s or as a contribution to the equity capital of the Company by any holder of the Company’s Capital Stock; plus

  
 (y) without duplication of any amounts
included in clause (3)(x) above, 100% of the net proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date from the issuance and sale of debt
securities or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company that has been converted into Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; plus 
  

 -39- 

 (z) without duplication, the sum of: 
  
 (1) the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with
respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made subsequent to the Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income);

  
 (2) the net cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income); and 
  
 (3) upon Revocation of the status of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investment in such Subsidiary; 
  
 provided, however, that the sum of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made
subsequent to the Issue Date. 
  
 (e)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on
the date of declaration; 
  
 (2) the acquisition
of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; 
  
 (3) the acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through
the application of the net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (a) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (b) Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, (i) payments to the Parent to permit the Parent, and which are used by the Parent, to redeem Capital Stock of the Parent from employees of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives, upon the death,
disability or termination of employment of such employees, and (ii) repurchases by the Company of Capital Stock of the Parent from employees of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives, upon the death, disability or
termination of employment of such employees, in an aggregate amount for all such redemptions and repurchases pursuant to this clause (4) not to exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year; provided that amounts not utilized in any calendar year
may be carried forward to be utilized in a subsequent calendar year; 
  

 -40- 

 (5) payments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to or on behalf of the Parent in
an amount sufficient to pay (A) out-of-pocket legal, management, accounting and filing costs of the Parent actually incurred by the Parent and (B) with respect to each tax year (or portion thereof), federal, state or local income taxes (as the case
may be) imposed directly on or allocated to the Parent or which are due and payable by the Parent part of a consolidated group, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 
  
 (6) for repurchases of Capital Stock of the Parent which are
deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
  
 (7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness
pursuant to Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with the related Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

  
 (8) the payment of a dividend by the Company
to the Parent on the Issue Date in an amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and borrowings under the Credit Agreement for the purpose of enabling Parent to fund the tender offer for and redemption of its outstanding 7 7/8% Senior Notes due 2008 and the other transactions described in the Offering Memorandum; and 
  
 (9) other Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (9)
not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate from and after the Issue Date. 
  
 In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (3) of Section 4.04(a), amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2)(ii), (3)(ii)(a), (4) and (7)
shall be included in such calculation. 
  
 For the avoidance of
doubt, payments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to or on behalf of the Parent in an amount sufficient to pay (A) amounts due under contracts to which the Parent is a signatory (including, but not limited to, contracts related to
administrative services or functions and insurance policies and related agreements), to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, will not be deemed to be dividends or other
distributions and (B) expenses in connection with salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of the Parent to the extent that such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 Section 4.05. Dividend
and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective, any consensual
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; 
  

 -41- 

 (b) make loans or advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, 
  
 except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reasons of: 
  
 (1) the Credit Agreement and any other agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect
on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such amendments, restatements, renewals, replacements or
refinancings are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements on the Issue Date; 
  
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or in any indenture relating to Pari Passu Debt entered into after the Issue Date and
incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions in such agreements are not materially more restrictive than those contained in this Indenture; 
  
 (3) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (4) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements; 
  
 (5) restrictions on the transfer of certificates of necessity or other similar authorizations required by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to provide emergency medical transportation services, to the extent contained in such documents or otherwise required by the granting authority or jurisdiction; 
  
 (6) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
  
 (7) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or
any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (8) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the
Person so acquired; 
  
 (9) Purchase Money
Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(7) that impose limitations of the nature described in clause (c) of Section 4.05(a); 
  

 -42- 

 (10) customary restrictions on the transfer of any property or assets arising under a
security or other agreement governing a Lien not prohibited under this Indenture; 
  
 (11) any agreement governing Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions contained in
any such Refinancing Indebtedness are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than the provisions relating to such encumbrances or restrictions contained in the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
  
 (12) any restriction existing under any agreement entered
into with respect to the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or of assets of a Subsidiary provided that the sale or disposition in governed by Sections 4.06 and 4.08. 
  
 Section 4.06. Asset Sales. (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; 
  
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall
be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
  
 (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent’s, the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or
in the footnotes thereto), of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets shall be
deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2); and 
  
 (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received)
within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2); and 
  
 (3) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds
relating to such Asset Sale within 360 days after receipt thereof either to: 
  
 (A) repay Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt or, in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to repay Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary and, if the Indebtedness repaid
is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto, 
  

 -43- 

 (B) acquire Replacement Assets, or 
  
 (C) a combination of prepayment and acquisition permitted by
the foregoing clauses (3)(A) and (3)(B). 
  
 (b) On the 361st day
after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(A), (3)(B) and (3)(C)
of Section 4.06(a) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(A), (3)(B) and
(3)(C) of the preceding paragraph (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Issuers to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms
of any Pari Passu Debt, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Debt, on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date,
from all Holders (and holders of such Pari Passu Debt) on a pro rata basis, that principal amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Debt) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (and in the case of Pari Passu Debt, the redemption price for such Pari Passu Debt set forth in the related documentation governing such Indebtedness, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase); provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset
Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration) or Cash Equivalents, then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale
hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.06. 
  
 (c) The Issuers may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $10.0 million
resulting from one or more Asset Sales or deemed Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $10.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this paragraph). Pending the
final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. The first such
date the aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount is equal to or in excess of $10.0 million shall be treated for this purpose as the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date. 
  
 (d) In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under Article 6 which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this Section 4.06, and shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.06 with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the Fair Market Value of such
properties and assets of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this Section 4.06. 
  

 -44- 

 (e) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders
within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in
whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount at maturity in exchange for cash. If any proceeds remain after consummation of the purchase of all properly tendered and not withdrawn Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, the
Company may use such remaining proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes and holders of Pari Passu Debt properly tender such Indebtedness in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds
Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Debt tendered. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such
longer period as may be required by law. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. 
  
 (f) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such
laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.06, the Issuers shall comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.06 by virtue thereof. 
  
 Section 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of
its Affiliates (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than: 
  
 (i) Affiliate Transactions permitted under Section 4.07(b) below; or 
  
 (ii) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are not less favorable than those that would have been obtained in
a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are related, similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate
payments or other property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $1.0 million shall be approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such
disinterested members of the Board of Directors have determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or series of related Affiliate
Transactions which are related, similar or part of a common plan) that involves an aggregate Fair Market Value of more than $10.0 million or as to which there are no disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent shall, prior to the
consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the 

  

 -45- 

 
fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point
of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. 
  
 (b) The restrictions set forth in clause (a) shall not apply to: 
  
 (1) fees and compensation paid to, and benefits (including stock options and awards) and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers,
directors, employees or consultants of the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Parent’s or the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management; 
  
 (2) transactions exclusively between or among the Parent,
the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
  
 (3) transactions between or among the Parent, the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Joint Ventures, to the extent such transactions are on terms that are not less favorable to the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (4) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date and disclosed in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or replacement agreement
thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date; and 
  
 (5) Restricted
Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuers purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 (the
“Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). 

 
 (b) Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control
occurs, the Issuers must send, by first class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must
be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). 
  
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the paying agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

  

 -46- 

 (d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuers. 
  
 (e) On the Change of Control Purchase Date all Notes purchased by the Issuers under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
and the Issuers shall pay the Change of Control Payment to the Holders entitled thereto. The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail to each Holder a new Note in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000. 
  
 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
  
 (g) At the time the Issuers deliver Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuers shall also
deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuers pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 
  
 (h) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuers to make such offer
have been complied with. 
  
 (i) The Issuers shall comply with the
requirements of Section 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof. 
  

 -47- 

 Section 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or
not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company taking or propose to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also shall comply with
Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. 
  
 Section 4.10. Further
Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

  
 Section 4.11. Liens. The Company will not, and will not
cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens securing borrowed money against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, unless: 
  
 (1) in the case of Liens securing borrowed money that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee,
the Notes or such Guarantee are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 
  
 (2) in the case of Liens securing borrowed money that is equal or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, the
Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee are equally and ratably secured, 
  
 except
for: 
  
 (A) Liens existing as of the Issue Date
to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Offerings; 
  
 (B) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees; 
  

(C) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under this
Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and 
  
 (D) Permitted Liens. 
  
 Section 4.12. Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.
The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) senior in right of payment to the Notes or the
Guarantee of such Guarantor and subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  

 -48- 

 Section 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency. (a) The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency
(which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or the Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02. 
  
 (b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. 
  
 Section 4.14. Business Activities. The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses which are not the same, similar or
reasonably related or ancillary to the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, including but not limited to any other emergency services businesses (a “Permitted Business”).

  
 Section 4.15. Payment for Consent. The Company will
not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary
Guarantees. The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Indebtedness of a Guarantor unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Registration Default Damages,
if any) on the Notes on a senior subordinated basis and all other obligations under this Indenture except that (A) if the Notes or, if the issuer of the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is a Subsidiary Guarantor, its Subsidiary Guarantee is
subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Subsidiary Guarantee to be issued shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, is subordinated to such Indebtedness under this Indenture and (B) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, any
Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary 
  

 -49- 

 
Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; (ii)
such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and
authorized and (B) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent
transfers) and general principles of equity; provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (x) that (A) existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) was not
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) that guarantees the payment of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement or (z) that is a Foreign
Subsidiary and only guarantees Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary. 
  
 The obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent its Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under
applicable law. 
  
 Section 4.17. Limitation on Designations of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) After the Issue Date, the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Subsidiary of the Company which owns Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary”
(a “Designation”) only if: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and 
  
 (2) the Company is permitted to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.04 at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness
of such Designation) in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investment in such Subsidiary on such date. 
  
 (b) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time: 
  
 (1) provide direct or indirect credit support for or a
guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness); 
  
 (2) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (3) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness
which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity 

  

 -50- 

 
upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such
Unrestricted Subsidiary), 
  
 except, in the case of clause (b)(1) or (b)(2), to
the extent permitted under Section 4.04 or the definition of Permitted Investments. 
  
 (c) The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (“Revocation”), whereupon such Subsidiary shall then constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, if: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing at the time and after giving effect to such Revocation; 
  
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such Revocation, the Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section
4.03(a); and 
  
 (3) all Liens and Indebtedness
of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred under this Indenture. 
  
 (d) All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Company delivered to the Trustee,
together with an Officers’ Certificate certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions. 
  
 Section 4.18. Existence of the Corporate Co-Issuer. So long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will maintain the Corporate Co-Issuer as a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is organized as a corporation under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that will serve as a co-issuer of the Notes unless the Company itself becomes a corporation
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia. The Corporate Co-Issuer shall not engage in any business or activity, other than acting as a co-issuer of the Notes, providing a guarantee of the Credit
Agreement, acting as a co-issuer or guarantor of any other Indebtedness of the Company to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and other activities reasonably ancillary thereto and shall not merge,
consolidate with or into any other Person other than the Company with the Corporate Co-Issuer being the surviving entity. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
 MERGER,
CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS 
  
 Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets of the Company. The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related
transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) 

 

 -51- 

 
all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person
unless: 
  
 (1) either 
  
 (A) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing
corporation or 
  
 (B) the Person (if other than
the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the “Surviving Entity”): 
  
 (i) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and 
  
 (ii) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the
Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the part of the Company to
be performed or observed; 
  
 (2) except in the
case of a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, or a disposition to, a Restricted Subsidiary, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(ii) above (including giving effect to
any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); 
  
 (3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(ii) above
(including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; and 
  
 (4) the
Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such
transaction have been satisfied. 
  
 For purposes of the
foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of 

  

 -52- 

 
one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be
deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 
  
 Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in
which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such. 
  
 Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. No Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Guarantee
is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture) will, and the Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or
any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless: 
  
 (1)
the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (2) such entity assumes by supplemental indenture all of the
obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

 
 (4) except in the case of a consolidation or merger of a
Subsidiary Guarantor with another Subsidiary Guarantor, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of Section 5.01(2); and 

 
 (5) Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
  
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

  
 Section 6.01. Events of Default. The following events
constitute an “Event of Default”: 
  
 (a) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 of this Indenture); 
  

 -53- 

 (b) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and
payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 of this
Indenture); 
  
 (c) a default in the observance
or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Issuers receive written notice specifying the default from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except that a default with respect to Article 5 will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); 
  
 (d) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether such
Indebtedness now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal at final maturity of such Indebtedness after any applicable grace period (and any extensions thereof) provided in such Indebtedness
on the date of such default (a “payment default”) or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been such a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million; 
  
 (e) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million (net of amounts covered by
insurance) shall have been rendered against the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid, unstayed or unsatisfied for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and
nonappealable; 
  
 (f) the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
  
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
  
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for any substantial part of its property; or 
  

 -54- 

 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or take any comparable
action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 
  
 (g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
  
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; 
  
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 
  
 (iv) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

  
 (h) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary
of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of such a Significant Subsidiary is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of such a Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor which
is such a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 
  
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is
voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
  
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States
Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an
Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to any Issuer) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and
accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Issuers (and if given by the Holders, the Trustee) specifying the respective Events of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration.” Upon
such notice of acceleration, the aggregate principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall become due and payable (a) if there is no Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Debt at such time, immediately and (b)
if otherwise, upon the earlier of (i) the final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period or extensions thereof) or an acceleration of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement prior to the express final stated maturity thereof
and (ii) five (5) business days after the Representative under the Credit Agreement receives the notice of acceleration, but, in the case of this clause (b) only, if such Event of Default 
  

 -55- 

 
is then continuing. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(f) or (g) above occurs and is continuing with respect to any Issuer, then all unpaid
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

  
 In the event of an acceleration declaration of the Notes
because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(d) has occurred and is continuing, the acceleration declaration shall be automatically annulled if the payment default or other default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section
6.01(d) shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the acceleration declaration with respect thereto and if (a) the annulment of the acceleration of
the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration
of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
  
 At any time after a
declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: 
  
 (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment
or decree; 
  
 (2) if all existing Events of
Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; 
  
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, if interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
  
 (4) if the Issuers have paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Sections 6.01(f) or
(g), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Notes. 
  
 The Issuers are required to provide an Officers’ Certificate to the
Trustee promptly upon the Issuers obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (provided that the Issuers shall provide such certification at least annually whether or not they know of any Default or Event of Default) that has
occurred and, if applicable, describe such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof. 
  

 -56- 

 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note (including in
connection with an offer to purchase) or (b) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
  
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  
 Section
6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
  
 (i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating
that an Event of Default is continuing; 
  
 (ii)
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense; 
  
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply
with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
  

 -57- 

 (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding do not give
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 
  
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after
such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts
provided for in Section 7.07. 
  
 Section 6.09. Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses
disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or
any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote
on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event
that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
  
 Section
6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
  
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
  
 SECOND: to holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers to the
extent required by Article 10 and to holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors to the extent required by Article 12; 
  
 THIRD: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
  

 -58- 

 FOURTH: to the Issuers. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days
before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Issuers a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee
for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 
  
 Section 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time
insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

 
 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it,
the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  

 -59- 

 (b) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 
  
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the
Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
  
 (c) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of
this Section. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest
on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
  
 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 (f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or
refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

  
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct
does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 
  
 (e) The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or Opinion of Counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full 
  

 -60- 

 and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it
hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond,
debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or
attorney, at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request
or direction. 
  
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections,
immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

  
 (i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for
special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss or profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of
action. 
  
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the
same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the
Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e) or (h) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless
either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder. 
  

 -61- 

 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of (a) 90 days after it occurs or (b) 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee.
Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is
in the interests of the Holders. 
  
 Section 7.06.
Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to September 30 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief
report dated as of such September 30 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange
(if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
  
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services, as agreed upon from time to time in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity
promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the
indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel;
provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest
between the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such
party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
  

 -62- 

 To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 
  
 The Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to
this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the
Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy
Law. 
  
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The
Trustee may resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may
appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
  
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

  
 (b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred
to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
  
 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges hereunder,
promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
  
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of
10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any
Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 -63- 

 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’
obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or
banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time
any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee
shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to
resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any
indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the
extent indicated. 
  
 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes. This Indenture shall be
discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 
  
 (1) either: (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and
delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose 

  

 -64- 

 
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from
such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or within one year will become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result
of the mailing of a notice of redemption, and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount in cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Obligations, or combination thereof, sufficient to
pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the
Issuers directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
  
 (2) the Issuers and/or the Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by them under this Indenture; and 

 
 (3) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.02. Defeasance. (a) The Issuers may, at their option and at
any time, elect to have all of their obligations and the obligations of any Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (“Legal Defeasance”). Such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for: 
  
 (i) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such
payments are due; 
  
 (ii) the Issuers’
obligations with respect to the Notes under Sections 2.07, 2.08 and 2.10 and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments; 
  
 (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

  
 (iv) this Section 8.02(a). 
  
 (b) The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their
obligations released with respect to Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.16 and 4.17 and the operation of Article 5 and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the
Company only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(h) of this Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission or failure to comply, with those covenants will not constitute a
Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. The Issuers may exercise their Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their Covenant Defeasance option. In the event the Issuers terminate all of their obligations under
the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to the Notes) by exercising their Legal Defeasance option or their Covenant Defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the
termination of such obligations. 
  

 -65- 

 If the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f)
(with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) or because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with Section 5.01. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the
Issuers, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuers terminate. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07 and 7.08 and in this
Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
  
 Section 8.03. Conditions to Defeasance. (a) The Issuers may exercise their Legal Defeasance option or their Covenant
Defeasance option only if: 
  
 (i) the
Issuers irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuers, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date of payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

  
 (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

  
 (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 -66- 

 (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
the deposit described in clause (i) above and ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);

  
 (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of or constitute a default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuers or any of their
Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such breach or violation or default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien on such deposit in favor of the Trustee and/or the Holders); 

 
 (vi) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors
of the Issuers or others; 
  
 (vii) the Issuers
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and

  
 (viii) certain other customary conditions
precedent are satisfied. 
  
 If the funds deposited with the
Trustee to effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, then the Issuers’ obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Indenture will be revived and
no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred. 
  
 (b) Before
or after a deposit, the Issuers may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 
  
 Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or Government Obligations
(including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of
and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10 or Article 12. 
  
 Section 8.05. Repayment to Issuers. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuers upon request any money or
Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations
have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
  

 -67- 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the
Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors, and the
Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  
 Section 8.06. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Issuers shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government Obligations or
the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations. 
  
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuers have made
any payment of principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations
held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. The Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or
the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder: 
  
 (i) to cure any ambiguity, omissions, defects or inconsistency; 
  
 (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the
code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B); 
  
 (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale
of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 
  
 (iv) to add any Guarantee of the Notes or to release Parent’s Guarantee or any other Guarantee; 
  
 (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit
of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuers; 
  

 -68- 

 (vi) to comply with any requirement of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (vii) to make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder; or 
  
 (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or
the Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities. 
  
 In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to
rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an Opinion of Counsel. 
  
 No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, this Section 9.01 shall adversely affect the rights of any holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt
under Article 10 or Article 12, without the consent of such holder or, in accordance with the terms of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, the consent of the Representative of such holder or the requisite holders of such Senior Debt or
Guarantor Senior Debt. 
  
 After an amendment under this Section
9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section 9.01. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of the Holder.
This Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding issued under this Indenture. However, without the consent of each
Holder affected thereby, no amendment may: 
  
 (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
  
 (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any
Notes; 
  
 (3) reduce the principal of or change
or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase, or reduce the redemption or repurchase price therefor; 
  
 (4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated
in the Notes; 
  
 (5) make any change in
provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on or after the stated due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; 
  

 -69- 

 (6) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuers to make
and consummate a Change of Control Offer after the occurrence of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset
Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; 
  
 (7) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination of the Notes or any Guarantee
in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; or 
  
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, this Section 9.02 shall adversely affect the rights of any holder of Senior
Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under Article 10 or Article 12, without the consent of such holder or, in accordance with the terms of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, the consent of the Representative of such holder or the requisite holders
of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt. 
  
 It shall not be
necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers
shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 
  
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on
which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of
a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the
Issuers certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee
of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution
of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers and the Trustee. 
  

 -70- 

 (b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who
were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be
Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the
Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange
for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

  
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee
shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but is not required to sign it.
In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable
against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
  
 Section 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on
all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9. 
  
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBORDINATION 
  
 Section 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. The Issuers agree, and each
Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in 
  

 -71- 

 
cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on Senior Debt of the Issuers (including all Obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement), and that the
subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt. The obligations hereunder with respect to an Issuer shall in all respects rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of
such Issuer; and only Indebtedness of such Issuer that is Senior Debt of such Issuer shall rank senior to the obligations of such Issuer in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. For purposes of this Article 10, the Indebtedness evidenced
by the Notes shall be deemed to include any Registration Default Damages payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. All provisions in this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12. Payments
by the Issuers of principal, interest, premium, Registration Default Damages, if any, and other amounts on, or with respect to, the Notes (including without limitation payments to purchase, redeem or retire same whether for cash or property or
otherwise whether for cash or property or otherwise) are referred to herein as “Subordinated Note Payments.” 
  
 Section 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is an
allowed claim in any such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities)
in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Issuers: 
  
 (1) in a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuers; 
  
 (2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property; 

 
 (3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

  
 (4) in any marshalling of the Issuers’
assets and liabilities. 
  
 Section 10.03. Default on Senior
Debt. (a) The Issuers may not make any Subordinated Note Payments if: 
  
 (1) a payment default on any Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or 
  
 (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt to accelerate
its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 (b) Subordinated Note Payments may and shall be resumed: 
  
 (1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

  

 -72- 

 (2) in case of a nonpayment default, upon the earliest of (x) the date on which all
nonpayment defaults are cured or waived (so long as no other event of default exists), (y) 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received and (z) the date on which the Trustee receives notice from the
Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated. 
  

(c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
Blockage Notice. 
  
 No nonpayment default that existed or was
continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90
consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Notice that in either case would give rise to a default
pursuant to any provisions under which a default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new default for this purpose). 
  
 Section 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers or the Trustee
(provided, that the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Issuer, on which notice the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely) shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Debt of the Issuers (or their
Representative) of the acceleration. 
  
 Section 10.05.
When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a Subordinated Note Payment when the payment is prohibited by this Article 10, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will hold such
Subordinated Note Payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the Subordinated Note Payment in trust to
the holders of Senior Debt or their proper Representative. 
  
 Section 10.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Debt of the Issuers is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full in cash, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions
applicable to Senior Debt of the Issuers. A distribution under this Article 10 made to holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to the Holders is not, as between the Issuers and the Holders, a payment by the Issuers on such
Senior Debt. 
  
 Section 10.07. Relative Rights. This
Article 10 defines the relative rights of the Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (a) impair, as between the Issuers and the Holders, the obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal
of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 
  

 -73- 

 (b) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a
Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers to receive distributions otherwise payable to the Holders. 
  
 Section 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuers to enforce the subordination of
the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuers or by their failure to comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Section 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 10.03, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on
the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice
satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuers, the Registrar, any Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuers may give the notice. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of
the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt
of the Issuers which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims
of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 or any other Section of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the
Issuers, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 
  
 Section 10.11. Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 
  
 Section 10.12. Trust Monies Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments
from money or the proceeds of Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee and deposited at a time when the applicable conditions specified in Sections 8.01 and 8.03 are satisfied and when permitted by the subordination
provisions of this Article 10 for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Issuers or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the
Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuers or any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuers or any other creditor of the Issuers. 
  
 Section 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be
entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree 
  

 -74- 

 
of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the
liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to
participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to
this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Issuers to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Article 10, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to
receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10. 
  
 Section 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the
Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  
 Section
10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or
distribute to the Holders or the Issuers or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise. 
  
 Section 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination
Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Issuers, whether such Senior
Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination
provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders,
without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 10 or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Debt of the Issuers, do any one
or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt of the Issuers, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt of the Issuers, or any instrument
evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt of the Issuers is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise 

  

 -75- 

 
deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt of the Issuers; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or
collection of Senior Debt of the Issuers; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuers and any other Person. 
  
 ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES

  
 Section 11.01. Guarantees of the Notes. (a) The
obligations of the Issuers pursuant to the Notes, including any repurchase obligation resulting from a Change of Control, are hereby unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured, subordinated basis, by each of the Guarantors.

  
 (b) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably
and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption
or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other monetary
obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this
Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without
notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
  
 (c) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest
to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be
affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension
or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by
any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of
such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b). 
  
 (d)
Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, if applicable, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor
hereby waives any right 

  

 -76- 

 
to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuers first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s obligations
hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

  
 (e) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
  
 (f) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the
extent and in the manner set forth in Article 12, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on all Senior Debt of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such
provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (g) Except as expressly set
forth in Sections 8.01, 8.02, 11.02 and 11.07, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or
compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture,
the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or
thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
  
 (h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or
in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of
the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee. 
  
 (i) Each Guarantor
agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed
Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the 

  

 -77- 

 
purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed
Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by
such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 11.01. 
  
 (j)
Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01. 
  
 (k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver
such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount
of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount (after giving effect to all guarantees by it of Senior Debt) that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Guarantees, as
they relate to such Guarantor, subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other comparable provision of applicable law. 
  
 (b) The Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released: 
  
 (i) in connection with any sale of other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary
Guarantor to a Person other than Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, if the sale complies with Section 4.06; 
  
 (ii) in connection with the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including by
way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person other than Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, if the sale or disposition complies with Section 4.06; 
  
 (iii) if (A) the Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of the Credit Agreement is released or such release is authorized under the Credit
Agreement and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement has agreed to release such guarantee subject only to, and promptly following, the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee or (B) the Indebtedness that resulted in the
creation of such Guarantee is released or discharged (other than by reason of payment under such Guarantee); or 
  
 (iv) if the Issuers designate such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.17. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from
its Guarantee pursuant to paragraph (b)(i), (ii) or (iii) above, and such Subsidiary Guarantor is not released from its guarantee of the Credit Agreement within 20 days after the release of its Guarantee, then such Subsidiary Guarantor shall
immediately provide a Guarantee under this Indenture until such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee under the Credit Agreement is released. 
  

 -78- 

 (c) The Guarantee of Parent may be released at any time after the Offerings at the option of the Issuers
and Parent without the consent of Holders by delivery of notice of release to the Trustee. 
  
 Section 11.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the
Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or
assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit D shall be
endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors 
  
 Section 11.05. No
Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude
any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may
have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
  
 Section 11.06. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further
notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
  
 Section 11.07. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Article 11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 11 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of
such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of 
  

 -79- 

 
Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary
or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in
a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably
request. 
  
 Section 11.08. Non-impairment. The failure to
endorse a notation of Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 12 
 SUBORDINATION OF THE GUARANTEES

  
 Section 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate. Each Guarantor
agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of a Guarantor hereunder and under any Guarantee will be subordinated to Guarantor Senior Debt on the same basis as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, to the extent and
in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on Senior Debt (including with respect to all Parent’s Obligations under the Discount Notes), of such Guarantor and that the
subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The obligations hereunder with respect to a Guarantor shall in all respects rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. For purposes of
this Article 12, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be deemed to include any Registration Default Damages payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. All provisions of this Article 12
shall be subject to Section 12.12. 
  
 Section 12.02.
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Payments by any Guarantor of principal, interest, premium, Registration Default Damages, if any, and other amounts with respect to the Notes (including without limitation, payments to purchase, redeem or
retire same) or any Guarantee are referred to herein as “Subordinated Guarantee Payments.” The holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) before the Holders of Notes
will be entitled to receive any Subordinated Guarantee Payments (other than Permitted Junior Securities) from such Guarantor, in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Guarantors: 
  
 (a) in a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of a Guarantor; 
  
 (b) in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to a Guarantor or its property; 
  

 -80- 

 (c) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
  
 (d) in any marshaling of a Guarantor’s assets and
liabilities. 
  
 Section 12.03. Default on Senior Debt. (a)
The Guarantors may not make any Subordinated Guarantee Payments if: 
  
 (1) a payment default on Guarantor Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or 
  
 (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that series of Designated
Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a Payment Blockage Notice of such default under Section 10.03. 
  
 (b) Subordinated Guarantee Payments may and shall be resumed: 
  
 (1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and 
  
 (2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earliest
of (x) the date on which all nonpayment defaults are cured or waived (so long as no other event of default exists), (y) 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received and (z) the date on which the Trustee
receives notice from a Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated. 
  
 Section 12.04. [Reserved]. 
  
 Section 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If the Trustee or
any Holder of the Notes receives a Subordinated Guarantee Payment when the payment is prohibited by this Article 12, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will hold such Subordinated Guarantee Payment in trust for the benefit of the holders
of Senior Debt. Upon the written request of the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the Subordinated Guarantee Payment in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper Representative. 

 
 Section 12.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Debt of the Guarantors
has been paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full in cash, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of the Guarantors. A distribution under this Article
12 made to the holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to the Holders is not, as between the Guarantors and the Holders, a payment by the Guarantors on such Senior Debt. 
  

 -81- 

 Section 12.07. Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the relative rights of the Holders and
holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (a) impair, as between the Guarantors and the Holders, the obligation of the Guarantors, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay amounts guaranteed in accordance with the terms of the Guarantees; or 
  
 (b) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors to receive distributions otherwise payable to the Holders. 
  

Section 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantors. No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Guarantors to enforce the
subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or pursuant to the Guarantees shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Guarantors or by their failure to comply with this Indenture 
  
 Section 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding
Section 12.03, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days
prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under Article 10 or this Article 12. The Issuers, a Guarantor, the Registrar, any Paying Agent, a Representative or a
holder of Senior Debt of the Issuers or any Guarantor may give the notice. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Guarantors with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and any Paying Agent may do the same with like
rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Guarantors which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in
Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 or any other Section of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a
distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 
  
 Section 12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a
payment pursuant to the Notes or any Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the
Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 
  
 Section
12.12. Trust Monies Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee and deposited at a time when the
applicable conditions specified in Sections 8.01 and 8.03 are satisfied and when permitted by the subordination provisions of Article 10 
  

 -82- 

 
and this Article 12 for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and/or on the Guarantees shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any
Senior Debt of the Guarantors or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Guarantors or any holder of Senior Debt of the Guarantors or any other creditor
of the Guarantors. 
  
 Section 12.13. Trustee Entitled to
Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in
Section 12.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of the
Guarantors for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Guarantors, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts
paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the
Guarantors to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the
extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such
Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12. 

 
 Section 12.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by
accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors as provided
in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  
 Section 12.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors and shall not be liable
to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to the Holders or the Guarantors or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Guarantors shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.

  
 Section 12.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of a
Guarantor on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the
Guarantors, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to
have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
  

 -83- 

 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated
provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control. 
  
 Section 13.02. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and
delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
  
 if to the Issuers or a Guarantor: 
  

	
	 Rural/Metro Corporation

	 9221 E. Via de Ventura

	 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

	 Attention: Michael Zarriello, Chief Financial Officer

	 Telephone No.:     (480) 606-3886

	 Facsimile No.:      (480) 606-3328

  
 with a copy to:

  

	
	 Weil, Gotshal and Manges LLP

	 767 Fifth Avenue

	 New York, New York 10153

	 Attention: Todd Chandler, Esq.

	 Telephone No.:     (212) 310-8000

	 Facsimile No.:      (212) 310-8007

  
 if to the Trustee:

  

	
	 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

	 213 Court Street, Suite 703

	 Middletown, Connecticut 06457

	 Attention: Joseph P. O’Donnell

	 Facsimile No.:    (860) 704-6217

  
 The Issuers or the
Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 (b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
  

 -84- 

 (c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

  
 Section 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other
Holders. The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of
Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
  
 Section 13.04. Certificate and
Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 

 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
  
 Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition
provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
  
 Section 13.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be
disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining 
  

 -85- 

 
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
  
 Section 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The
Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
  
 Section 13.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been
otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
  
 Section 13.09. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 13.10. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each
of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the general jurisdiction of the New York State courts, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, or the federal courts
of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes, or for recognition or enforcement of any
judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal
court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Indenture
shall affect any right that any Holder may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Indenture or the Notes against the Issuers or any Guarantor or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 
  
 (b) Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plea or claim, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating
to this Indenture or the Notes in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding
in any such court. 
  
 (c) Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints CT Corporation System with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 and its successors hereunder (the “Process Agent”), as its agent to receive on
behalf of each of the Issuers and any Guarantor and its property of all writs, claims, 

  

 -86- 

 
process, and summonses in any action or proceeding brought against it in the State of New York. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of
such process to the Issuers or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in care of the Process Agent at the address specified above for the Process Agent, and each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process
Agent to accept such service on its behalf. Failure by the Process Agent to give notice to the Issuers or any Guarantor, as applicable, or failure of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as applicable, to receive notice of such service of process shall not
impair or affect the validity of such service on the Process Agent, the Issuers or any Guarantor, or of any judgment based thereon. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors covenants and agrees that it shall take any and all reasonable action,
including the execution and filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue the designation of the Process Agent above in full force and effect, and to cause the Process Agent to act as such. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors
further covenants and agrees to maintain at all times an agent with offices in New York City to act as its Process Agent. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability to serve any such writs, process or summonses in any other
manner permitted by applicable law. 
  
 Section 13.11. No
Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuers or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or
the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by any reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 Section 13.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  
 Section 13.13. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.14. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 Section 13.15. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any
provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
  
 Section 13.16. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
  

 -87- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first
written above. 
  

			
	 RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael S. Zarriello

	 Name:
	 	Michael S. Zarriello
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	 RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael S. Zarriello

	 Name:
	 	Michael S. Zarriello
	 Title:
	 	Secretary
	
	 RURAL/METRO CORPORATION, as a Guarantor

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael S. Zarriello

	 Name:
	 	Michael S. Zarriello
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

			
	AID AMBULANCE AT VIGO COUNTY, INC,	 	RURAL/METRO OF OREGON, INC.,
	AMBULANCE TRANSPORT SYSTEMS, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF ROCHESTER, INC.,
	AMERICAN LIMOUSINE SERVICE, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF SAN DIEGO, INC.,
	BEACON TRANSPORTATION, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.,
	CHOICE AMERICAN AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF SOUTH DAKOTA, INC.,
	COASTAL EMS, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF SOUTHERN OHIO, INC.,
	CORNING AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF TEXAS, INC.,
	DONLOCK, LTD.,	 	RURAL/METRO PROTECTION SERVICES, INC.,
	E.M.S. VENTURES, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO TEXAS HOLDINGS, INC.,
	EMS VENTURES OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.,	 	SIOUX FALLS AMBULANCE, INC.,
	EASTERN AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,	 	SOUTH GEORGIA EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES, INC.,
	EASTERN PARAMEDICS, INC.,	 	SOUTHWEST AMBULANCE AND RESCUE OF ARIZONA, INC.,
	GOLD CROSS AMBULANCE SERVICES, INC.,	 	SOUTHWEST AMBULANCE OF CASA GRANDE, INC.,
	KEEFE & KEEFE AMBULETTE, LTD.,	 	SOUTHWEST AMBULANCE OF NEW MEXICO, INC.,
	KEEFE & KEEFE, INC.,	 	SOUTHWEST AMBULANCE OF TUCSON, INC.,
	LASALLE AMBULANCE INC.,	 	SOUTHWEST GENERAL SERVICES, INC.,
	MEDI-CAB OF GEORGIA, INC.,	 	SW GENERAL, INC.,
	MEDICAL EMERGENCY DEVICES AND SERVICES (MEDS), INC.,	 	THE AID AMBULANCE COMPANY, INC.,
	MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, INC.,	 	THE AID COMPANY, INC.,
	MEDSTAR EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES, INC.,	 	TOWNS AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,
	MERCURY AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,	 	VALLEY FIRE SERVICE, INC.,
	METRO CARE CORP.,	 	W&W LEASING COMPANY, INC.,
	MOBILE MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION, INC.,	 	 
	MO-RO-KO, INC.,	 	RMC CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,
	MULTI CAB INC.,	 	An Arizona Limited Liability Company
	MULTI-CARE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,	 	By: RURAL/METRO CORPORATION,
	MULTI-CARE MEDICAL CAR SERVICE, INC.,	 	An Arizona Corporation, Its Member
	MULTI-HEALTH CORP.,	 	 
	MYERS AMBULANCE SERVICE INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF INDIANA, L.P.,
	NATIONAL AMBULANCE & OXYGEN SERVICE, INC.,	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	NORTH MISS. AMBULANCE SERVICE, INC.,	 	By: THE AID AMBULANCE COMPANY, INC.,
	PROFESSIONAL MEDICAL SERVICES, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	RISC AMERICA ALABAMA FIRE SAFETY SERVICES, INC.,	 	 
	RMC INSURANCE LTD.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF INDIANA II, L.P.,
	RMFD OF NEW JERSEY, INC.,	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	R/M MANAGEMENT CO., INC.,	 	By: THE AID AMBULANCE COMPANY, INC.,
	R/M OF MISSISSIPPI, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	R/M OF TENNESSEE G.P., INC.,	 	 
	R/M OF TENNESSEE L.P., INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO MID-SOUTH, L.P.,
	R/M OF TEXAS, G.P., INC.,	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	R/M PARTNERS, INC.,	 	By: R/M OF TENNESSEE G.P., INC.,
	RURAL/METRO COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	RURAL/METRO CORPORATION (an Arizona Corporation),	 	 
	RURAL/METRO CORPORATION OF FLORIDA,	 	RURAL/METRO OF NORTH TEXAS, L.P.,
	RURAL/METRO CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE,	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	RURAL/METRO FIRE DEPT., INC.,	 	By: R/M OF TEXAS G.P., INC.,
	RURAL/METRO HOSPITAL SERVICES, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	RURAL/METRO LOGISTICS, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO MID-ATLANTIC, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF TEXAS, L.P.,
	RURAL/METRO MID-ATLANTIC II, INC.	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	RURAL/METRO OF ALABAMA, INC.,	 	By: R/M OF TEXAS G.P., INC.,
	RURAL/METRO OF ARKANSAS, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	RURAL/METRO OF ARLINGTON, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF BREWERTON, INC.,	 	RURAL/METRO OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
	RURAL/METRO OF CALIFORNIA, INC.,	 	A Delaware Limited Partnership
	RURAL/METRO OF CENTRAL ALABAMA, INC.,	 	By: R/M OF TENNESSEE G.P., INC.,
	RURAL/METRO OF CENTRAL COLORADO, INC.,	 	A Delaware Corporation, Its General Partner
	RURAL/METRO OF CENTRAL OHIO, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF COLORADO, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF GEORGIA, INC.,	 	 By:      /s/   Michael S. Zarriello

	RURAL/METRO OF GREATER SEATTLE, INC.,	 	Name:  Michael S. Zarriello
	RURAL/METRO OF INDIANA, INC.,	 	Title:    Secretary
	RURAL/METRO OF KENTUCKY, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF MISSISSIPPI, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF NEBRASKA, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF NEW YORK, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF NORTH FLORIDA, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF NORTHERN OHIO, INC.,	 	 
	RURAL/METRO OF OHIO, INC.,	 	 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank S. McDonald

	Name:	 	Frank S. McDonald
	Title:	 	Vice President

 APPENDIX A 
  
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES, 
 ADDITIONAL SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES 
  
 1. Definitions.

  
 1.1 Definitions. 
  
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated below: 
  
 “Clearstream”
means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is
restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
  
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
  
 “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 
  
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that
caption in Exhibits A and B to this Indenture. 
  
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  

“Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” means (a) the Purchase Agreement dated
February 28, 2005 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (b) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional Notes. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers,
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

  
 “Registration Default Damages” has the
meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
March 4, 2005 among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Securities” means all Initial Notes offered
and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legends set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein. 
  
 “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the
day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuers to the Trustee, and (b) the
Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 
  
 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold
to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Securities
Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the
offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means Definitive Notes and
any other Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend. 
  
 2. The Notes. 
  
 2.1
Form and Dating; Global Notes. (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons
other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with
Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements in accordance with applicable law. 
  

 -2- 

 (b) Global Notes. (i) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully
registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Restricted Global Notes”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered, global form without interest coupons
(collectively, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The term “Global Notes” means the Restricted Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes
initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member (as defined below), (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and
(iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
  
 Members of, or direct
or indirect participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its
custodian, or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
  
 (ii) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or
their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case
may be, and the provisions of Section 2.2. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depository that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depository
or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depository; (ii) the Company in its sole
discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or (iii) there
shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depository shall
instruct the Trustee. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in
accordance with its customary procedures. 
  
 (iii) In connection
with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of
authorized denominations. 
  

 -3- 

 (iv) Any Transfer Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
  
 (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear
or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 
  
 (vi) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests
through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will
not be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture.
Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g). 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable
to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or
more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers
described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 
  
 (ii)
All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial
interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the 

  

 -4- 

 
Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial
interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the
Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the
Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(g). 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives a
certificate from the transferor in the form attached to the applicable Note. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be
exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies
with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
  
 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
  
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the
Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
  

 -5- 

 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

  
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred or
exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Security to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted
Security for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 (B) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  

 -6- 

 (E) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,
including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or 
  
 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in
the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 the Trustee shall
cancel the Transfer Restricted Security, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Security may
exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form
attached to the applicable Note; or 
  
 (B) if
the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in
the form attached to the applicable Note, 
  
 and, in each such
case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction
of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected
pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
  

 -7- 

 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and,
upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
  
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot
be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide
any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e). 
  
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes. A Transfer Restricted Security may be transferred to and registered in
the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Security if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 (B) if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  

 -8- 

 (D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 
  
 (E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached
to the applicable Note. 
  
 (ii) Transfer
Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Transfer Restricted Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable
Note; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Transfer
Restricted Security proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
  
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel
in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted
Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Security. 
  
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a
particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation,
if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by
such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for

  

 -9- 

 
or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be
increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  
 (f) Legend. 
  
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (iii), (iv) or (v), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the
Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only): 
  
 “THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET
FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
  
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), OR (B)
IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; 
  
 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT
OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER, IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS, THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION 

  

 -10- 

 
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
  
 AS USED HEREIN,
THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE
TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.” 
  
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
  
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION
AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
  
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof
to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar
that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 
  
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such
Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
  
 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer
with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue
to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
  

 -11- 

 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial
Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be
required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
  
 (g)
Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not
in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement
shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
increase. 
  
 (h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and
Exchanges of Notes. 
  
 (i) To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges
pursuant to Sections 3.03(c), 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
  
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall
be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (iv)
All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

 

 -12- 

 (i) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or
obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with
respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment
of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the
Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and
shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
  
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with
the express requirements hereof. 
  

 -13- 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
  
 [Global Notes Legend] 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF
THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
  
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
  
 THIS SECURITY (OR
ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH RURAL/METRO CORPORATION, OR ANY OF
ITS AFFILIATES, WAS THE OWNER OF THESE SECURITIES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THESE SECURITIES), EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
  
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; 
  
 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, 

  

 A-1 

 
(B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND
AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
ISSUER, IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS, THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
ISSUER), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN
INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
  
 AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY CONTAINS A PROVISION
REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING. 
  
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
  
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  

 A-2 

 [FORM OF INITIAL NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	  	9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Note due
2015
		
	 	  	    CUSIP No.
	 	  	 ISIN No.

  
 RURAL/METRO OPERATING
COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC., a Delaware corporation, promise to pay to
[                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum
[of                    Dollars] [listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto] on March 15, 2015. 

 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15. 
  
 Record Dates: March 1 and September 1. 
  
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this
Note. 
  

 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated: 
  

 A-4 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATION OF
	    AUTHENTICATION
	
	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
	    as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the
	    Notes referred to in the Indenture
		
	By:	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory
	Title:	 	 

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES
OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY”. 

  

 A-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 

 
 1. Interest 
  
 (a) RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and RURAL/METRO
(DELAWARE) INC. (together with the Company and with their respective successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above. The Issuers shall pay interest semiannually in arrears in cash on each March 15 and September 15, commencing on September 15, 2005. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from March 4, 2005 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal
at the rate borne by the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 (b) Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 4,
2005, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein. 
  
 2. Method of Payment 
  
 The Issuers shall pay
interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record
date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender the Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United
States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer
of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company, an Issuer or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and
interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the
Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire
transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its
discretion). 
  

 A-6 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 
  
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 4. Indenture 
  
 The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 4, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not
defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such
terms and provisions. 
  
 The Notes are senior subordinated
unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Indenture
imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuers and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter
into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create
or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuers and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

  
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and
interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, the Guarantors (as described in the Indenture) have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  
 5. Redemption and Repurchase 
  
 (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole at
any time or in part from time to time, on and after March 15, 2010 at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year
set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2010
	  	104.938	%
	 2011
	  	103.292	%
	 2012
	  	101.646	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 A-7 

 (b) In addition, prior to March 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole or
in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Registration Default Damages, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date). 
  
 (c) At any time, or from
time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption
price equal to 109.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued remains outstanding
immediately after any such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Issuers shall consummate such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

  
 6. Sinking Fund 
  
 The Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

  
 7. Subordination 
  
 The Notes and Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt and Guarantor
Senior Debt, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors agree, and each Holder by
accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
  
 8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
  
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of
$1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except,
in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Notes not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

 A-8 

 9. Persons Deemed Owners 
  

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  
 10. Unclaimed Money 
  
 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers
at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies. 
  
 11. Discharge and
Defeasance 
  
 Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at
any time may terminate some of or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or Government Securities for the payment of principal of, and interest on the Notes to redemption, or
maturity, as the case may be. 
  
 12. Amendment, Waiver 
  
 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture and
the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency. 
  
 13. Defaults and Remedies 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under
certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
  
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 
  
 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

 A-9 

 15. No Recourse Against Others 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuers or of any Guarantor or any
direct or indirect parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by any reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  
 16. Authentication 
  
 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the other side of this Note. 
  
 17.
Abbreviations 
  
 Customary abbreviations may be used in
the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  
 18. Governing Law

  
 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  
 19. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes 
  
 The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is
made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and
without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
  
 and irrevocably
appoint                            agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:
                                	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other side
of this Note)

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		
	Date:
                                	 	  

	 Signature must be guaranteed by a
 participant in a
recognized signature
 guaranty medallion program or other
 signature guarantor program reasonably
 acceptable to the Trustee
	 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 A-11 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 
 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
  
 This certificate relates to $                 principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
         book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 
  
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered
form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

  
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the
period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
  
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

					
	(1)	    	 ̈	  	to the Issuers; or
			
	(2)	    	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	    	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	    	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	    	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Security
shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	    	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements; or

  

 A-12 

					
			
	(7)	    	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 Unless one of the
boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the
Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from,
or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

					
	Dated:
                                	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other side
of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	 	 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

  

 A-13 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for
its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is
aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Date:                             	  	  

	 	  	NOTICE:	 	To be executed by an
	 	  	 	 	executive officer

  

 A-14 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following
increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease
 in principal amount
 of this Global
 Note

	 	 Amount of increase
 in principal amount
 of this Global
 Note

	 	 Principal amount of
 this Global Note following
 such decrease or
 increase

	 	 Signature of authorized
 signatory of Trustee or
 Notes Custodian

  
  
  

 A-15 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08
(Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  
 Asset
Sale   ̈            Change of Control   ̈ 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
  
 $ 

					
	Dated:                             	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	 	 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

  

 A-16 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes
Legend] 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE
& CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
  

 B-1 

			
	No.	 	9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Note due
2015

  
 CUSIP No.
              
 ISIN
No.                  
  
 RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC., a Delaware
corporation, promise to pay to [                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum
[of                    Dollars] [listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto]1 on March 15, 2015. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15. 
  
 Record Dates: March 1 and September 1. 
  
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

	1	Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Security is in Global Form. 

  

 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 Dated: 
  

 B-3 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATION OF

	     AUTHENTICATION

	
	 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,

	     as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the

	     Notes referred to in the Indenture

		
	By:	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory
	Title:	 	 

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES
OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY”. 

  

 B-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 

 
 1. Interest 
  
 RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and RURAL/METRO
(DELAWARE) INC. (together with their respective successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Issuers
shall pay interest semiannually in arrears in cash on each March 15 and September 15, commencing on September 15, 2005. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no
interest has been paid or duly provided for, from March 4, 2005 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
borne by the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 2. Method of Payment 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the March 1
or September 1 immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender the Notes to a Paying
Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of
the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company, the Issuers or any successor depositary. The
Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of a Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to
the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account
maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the
relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 
  
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

 B-5 

 4. Indenture 
  
 The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 4, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not
defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such
terms and provisions. 
  
 The Notes are senior subordinated
unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the
Indenture. The Initial Notes and Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuers and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other
things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries,
issue or sell shares of capital stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuers and each
Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
  
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the
Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed
the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  
 5. Redemption and Repurchase 
  
 (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after March 15, 2010 at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if
redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2010
	  	104.938	%
	 2011
	  	103.292	%
	 2012
	  	101.646	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, prior
to March 15, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior 

  

 B-6 

 
notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Registration Default Damages, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date). 
  
 (c) At any time,
or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a
redemption price equal to 109.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued remains
outstanding immediately after any such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Issuers shall consummate such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity
Offering. 
  
 6. Sinking Fund 
  
 The Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

  
 7. Subordination 
  
 The Notes and Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt and Guarantor
Senior Debt, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors agrees, and each Holder by
accepting a Dollar Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
  
 8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
  
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of
$1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer of or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 9. Persons Deemed Owners 
  
 The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes. 
  
 10. Unclaimed Money 
  
 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at its written request unless 

  

 B-7 

 
an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as
general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  
 11. Discharge and Defeasance 
  
 Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers
deposit with the Trustee money or Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption, or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

12. Amendment, Waiver 
  
 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

  
 13. Defaults and Remedies 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
  
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 
  
 Subject
to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their
Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  
 15. No Recourse Against Others 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuers or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent, as
such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by any reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  
  

 B-8 

 16. Authentication 
  
 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the other side of this Note. 
  
 17. Abbreviations 
  
 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee,
such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  
 18. Governing Law 
  
 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  
 19. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes 
  
 The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes
and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 B-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
  
 and irrevocably
appoint                            agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:
                                	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other side
of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		
	Date:
                                	 	  

	 Signature must be guaranteed by a
 participant in a
recognized signature
 guaranty medallion program or other
 signature guarantor program reasonably
 acceptable to the Trustee
	 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 B-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08
(Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  
 Asset
Sale   ̈            Change of Control   ̈ 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
  
 $ 

					
	Date:                             	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other side
of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	 	 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

  

 B-11 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
  
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The initial principal amount of this Global Note is
$            . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease
 in principal amount
 of this Global
 Note

	 	 Amount of increase
 in principal amount
 of this Global
 Note

	  	 Principal amount of
 this Global Note following
such decrease or
 increase

	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  
  
  

 B-12 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 Form of 
 Transferee Letter of Representation

  
 Rural/Metro Operating Company, LLC 
 Rural/Metro (Delaware) Inc. 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 c/o Joseph P. O’Donnell 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[      ] principal amount of the 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) of Rural/Metro Operating Company, LLC and Rural/Metro
(Delaware) Inc. (the “Issuers”). 
  
 Upon
transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  
 Name: 
  
 Address: 
  
 Taxpayer ID Number: 
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
  
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount
of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable security law of any State in the United States or any other applicable
jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our or their control. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are
each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf, the Issuers’ behalf and on behalf
of any investor account for which we 

  

 C-1 

 
are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and
the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that
has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule
144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States
within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the
account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in
each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws.
The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) or (d) above prior to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver to the Trustee a written certificate in the form provided in the Note, to the effect that the transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A, as the case may be. If any resale or
other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and
the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for
investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) or (f) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor
shall deliver to the Trustee certificates Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d),
(e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act
and applicable law. Not representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144A exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 Dated: 
  

			
	 TRANSFEREE:

		
	 By:
	 	  

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

Form of Notation of Guarantee 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of March 4, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among Rural/Metro Operating Company, LLC, Rural/Metro (Delaware) Inc., the Guarantors listed on
the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the
Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are
expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b)
authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such
purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

  
 [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
  

 D-1 

			
	RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 [SIGNATURES
CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 
  

 D-2 

			
	[THE OTHER GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

 D-3 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [            ],
20[    ] among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC (or its successor), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC. (the “Corporate
Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 RECITALS 
  
 WHEREAS the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee have heretofore executed an
Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of March 4, 2005, providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000; 
  
 WHEREAS Section 11.02 of the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes
pursuant to a Senior Subordinated Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
  
 WHEREAS pursuant to 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and mutual covenants herein
contained and intending to be legally bound, the New Guarantor, the Issuer, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms
defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Guarantee shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee
acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
  
 2. Agreement to Guarantee.
The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Articles 11 and 12 of
the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  
 3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in 13.02 of the
Indenture. 
  

 E-1 

 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly
amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and
every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
  
 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

  
 6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes
no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not effect the construction thereof. 
  

 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	NEW GUARANTOR
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	RURAL/METRO OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	RURAL/METRO (DELAWARE) INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	RURAL/METRO CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	[OTHER GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

 E-3 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

 E-4REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 4, 2005

 RURAL/METRO CORPORATION 
  
 $93,500,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY 
  
 12 3/4% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2016 
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 March 4, 2005 
  
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. 
 c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 388
Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 Rural/Metro Corporation (the “Issuer”), a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, proposes to issue and sell to you (the “Initial
Purchasers”) $93,500,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of its 12 3/4% Senior Discount Notes Due
2016 (the “Securities”) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement dated February 28, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”) among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the
Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Issuer agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a
“Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 
  
 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms
shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “Accreted Value”
shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, unless the context otherwise indicates, the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, or any successor rules and regulations thereto that may be
adopted by the Commission. 
  
 “Affiliate” shall have
the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act. 
  

 1 

 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day
on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 
  
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities. 
  
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section
4(k)(ii) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, or any successor rules and regulations thereto that may be adopted by the Commission. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period
following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration
statement of the Issuer on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the
Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New
Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for New Securities. 
  
 “Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated
February 28, 2005 relating to the Securities, including any and all exhibits thereto. 
  
 “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Indenture” shall mean the indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of March 4, 2005 among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Initial Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

  

 2 

 “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of the then Accreted Value of the Securities and New Securities registered under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering,
if any, under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “NASD Rules”
shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
  
 “New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Issuer identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the transfer
restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) to be issued under the Indenture. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses
information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of
any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall
mean the proposed offer of the Issuer to issue and deliver to the Holders that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like Accreted Value and aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the New Securities. 
  
 “Registrable
Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that have been (A) registered under a Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith or (B) distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act and (ii) any New
Securities resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act. 
  
 “Registration Default Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof. 
  
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in
each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  

 3 

 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

  
 “Shelf Registration Period” shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration
Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some of or all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415
under the Act, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

  
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the
Securities under the Indenture. 
  
 “Trust Indenture
Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement. 

 
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Issuers shall prepare and,
not later than 240 days following the date of the original issuance of the Securities (or if such 240th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with
respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 300 days of the date of the original issuance of the Securities
(or if such 300th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 
  
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuer shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder
electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Issuer, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in
the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or
restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
  

(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall: 
  
 (i) mail or electronically transmit to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  

 4 

 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days and not
more than 30 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law); 
  
 (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented
and amended as required under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; 
  
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough
of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 
  
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on
which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
  
 (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuer is conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission
in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuer has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with
any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuer’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities
in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and 
  
 (vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws. 
  
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall: 
  
 (i) accept for exchange all Securities validly tendered and
not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
  
 (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder a principal amount of New Securities equal to the then
Accreted Value and aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a
distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 

  

 5 

 
1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated
July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly
from the Issuer or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuer that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
  
 (i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be
acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; 
  
 (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer; and

  
 (iv) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, that
it will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Securities. 
  
 (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is
not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuer shall issue and deliver to such Initial
Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like Accreted Value and aggregate principal amount
at maturity thereof of New Securities. The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

  
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in
law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuer determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; or (ii) for any
other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 330 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange
Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer; or (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser
that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold
allotment (it being understood that the requirement that (x) an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the 

  

 6 

 
Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not “freely
tradeable”; and (y) an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Issuer shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below. 
  
 (b) (i) The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 240 days after so required or requested
pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 300 days after so required or requested, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and
sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided,
however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this
Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuer may, if permitted by
current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its
obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

  
 (ii) The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep
the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period (the “Shelf Registration Period”) from
the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until (A) the second anniversary thereof or (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if it voluntarily takes any
action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the
Issuer in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuer’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, mergers and combinations and similar events, and (y) permitted pursuant to
Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 
  
 (iii) The Issuer shall cause the
Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light
of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  

 7 

 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to
the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall: 
  
 (i) furnish to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel for the Holders, not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the filing thereof
with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents
incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Initial Purchasers reasonably propose; 
  
 (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on
the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of
distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the
information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and 
  
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement as selling security holders. 
  
 (b) The
Issuer shall ensure that: 
  
 (i) any
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and 
  
 (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. 
  

(c) The Issuer shall advise the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer
under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Issuer a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by either Initial Purchaser or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm
such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuer shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
  
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto
has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
  

 8 

 (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; 
  
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose; 
  
 (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with
respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  
 (d) The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any
jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. 
  
 (e) The Issuer shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy
of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference
therein). 
  
 (f) The Issuer shall, during the
Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and
any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuer consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale
of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (g) The Issuer shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and any 

  

 9 

 
post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all
exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
  
 (h) The Issuer shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Issuer consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuer shall
arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required;
provided that in no event shall the Issuer be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out
of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  
 (j) The Issuer shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and
delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request. 

 
 (k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Issuer shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement
to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders
of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section 4(k)(i). 
  
 (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of
the Issuer, makes it appropriate 

  

 10 

 
to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Issuer shall give notice (without notice of the nature or
details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such
Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Issuer that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental
filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 45 days in
any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period. 
  
 (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuer shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement
and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
  
 (m) The Issuer shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security
holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period
(or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Issuer’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement. 
  
 (n) The Issuer shall cause the Indenture to be qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
  
 (o) The Issuer may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Issuer may from time
to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuer may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after
receiving such request. 
  
 (p) In the case of
any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or
the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof. 

 
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the
Issuer shall: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available
for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition 

  

 11 

 
pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial
and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Issuer and its subsidiaries; 
  
 (ii) cause the Issuer’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably
requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is
designated in writing by the Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in
connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; 
  
 (iii) in the case of any Shelf Registration that involves an
underwritten public offering, make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary
underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) in the case of any Shelf Registration that involves an underwritten public offering, obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and
updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily
covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
  
 (v) in the case of any Shelf Registration that involves an underwritten public offering, obtain “cold comfort” letters and
updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial
statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities or New Securities registered thereunder (provided such Holder provides such accountants with the
representations as such accountants customarily require in similar situations) and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings; and 
  
 (vi) in the case
of any Shelf Registration that involves an underwritten public offering, deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with
Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuer. 
  

 12 

 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at
(A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
  
 (r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, the Issuer shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a broker dealer that holds Securities that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the
requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the requesting party, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and its subsidiaries; 
  
 (ii) cause the Issuer’s officers, directors, employees,
accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence
examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by any Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser or any
such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of
confidentiality; 
  
 (iii) upon request by such
Initial Purchaser, make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited
to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) upon request by such Initial Purchaser, obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel),
addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel; 
  
 (v) upon request by such Initial Purchaser, obtain
“cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuer or of any business acquired
by the Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and 

  

 13 

 
covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by
the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “cold comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and 
  
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be
reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements. 
  
 The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v),
and (vi) of this Section 4(r) shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated,
upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other person as directed by the Issuer) in exchange for the New Securities, the Issuer shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are
being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
  
 (t) The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to
confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 (u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling
group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the NASD Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the
Issuer shall assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the NASD Rules. 
  
 (v) The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

  
 5. Registration Expenses. The Issuer shall bear all
expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or
counsel (which shall initially be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection
therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith. 
  
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuer agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any 

  

 14 

 
Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer,
the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as
originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such
indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Issuer may otherwise have. 

 
 The Issuer also agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or
contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and
each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an
underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Issuer, each
of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuer to each such
Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will
be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have. 
  
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying
party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it
did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying 

  

 15 

 
party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other
than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to
represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed
by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s
election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential
defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties
that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable
time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder
(whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim,
action, suit or proceeding. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement or compromise or consent to entry of judgment in respect of any claim or action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably
withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have request an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with this Section 6 and the indemnifying
party is in material breach of this Section 6, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by
such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) the indemnifying party has received notice of the terms of the proposed settlement and of the alleged bases of the material breach and (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have cured such
breach within five business days of the notice referred to in clause (ii) immediately above. 
  
 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party
shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage
or action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one 

  

 16 

 
hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses;
provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable
to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased
by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuer shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final
Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to
be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover
page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for
such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of
any Issuer who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as such Issuer, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 
  
 (e) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuer or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New
Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders. 
  

 17 

 (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement,
unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and
(ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  
 8. Registration Defaults. If any of the following events shall occur,
then the Issuer shall pay liquidated damages (the “Registration Default Damages”) to the Holders of Securities in respect of the Securities as follows: 
  
 (a) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to
the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, then Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the affected Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following such specified date and shall
increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum; or 
  
 (b) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date by which
reasonable best efforts are to be used to cause such effectiveness under this Agreement, then commencing on the day after such specified date, Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the affected Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per
annum during the 90-day period immediately following such specified date and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum; or 
  
 (c) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement
has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement, then commencing on the day the Registration Statement ceases to be effective, Registration Default Damages shall accrue
on the affected Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following such date on which the Registration Statement ceases to be effective and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each
subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum; 
  
 provided, however, that (1) upon the filing of the Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (a) above), (2) upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (b) above), or (3) upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of paragraph (c) above), Registration Default Damages shall cease to accrue. For purposes of this Section 8, the term “Registrable Securities”
shall mean the average Accreted Value of the Registrable Securities. Any Registration Default Damages accrued on Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 8 shall be, (i) if such Registration Default Damages accrues on or prior to March 15,
2010, added to the Accreted Value of each such Registrable Security, and (ii) if such Registration Default Damages accrues after March 15, 2010, payable in cash, in each case, semiannually on each March 15 and September 15 (to the Holders of record
on the March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after such Registration Default Damages commences to accrue. 
  

 18 

 9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer has not entered into, and agree not to enter into, any
agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
  
 10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented,
and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuer has obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Registrable Securities
outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuer shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment,
qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered
Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given, unless the Issuer has obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with
respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other
Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
  
 11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11,
which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture; 
  
 (b) if to the Initial Purchasers, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and 
  
 (c) if to the Issuer, initially at its address set forth in
the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 All such notices and communications
shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 
  
 The
Initial Purchasers or the Issuer by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  

 19 

 12. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuer thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section
6 hereof. The Issuer hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 

 
 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 14. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 15. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of
or relating to this Agreement. 
  
 16. Severability. In the
event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision
in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

  
 17. Securities Held by the Issuer, etc. Whenever the
consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Issuer or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of
Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the
Holders of such required percentage. 
  

 20 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us
the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Issuer and the several Initial Purchasers. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 RURAL/METRO CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Michael S. Zarriello

	 Name:
	 	 Michael S. Zarriello

	 Title:
	 	 Senior Vice President and
 Chief Financial
Officer

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and 
 accepted as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
	J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
		
	By:	 	CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
		
	By	 	 /s/    Ross A. MacIntyre

	Name:	 	Ross A. MacIntyre
	Title:	 	Managing Director

 ANNEX A 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuer has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution”. 
  

 A-1 

 ANNEX B 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution”. 
  

 B-1 

 ANNEX C 
  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such
securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuer has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this
prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
                    , 20    , all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a
prospectus. 
  
 The issuer will not receive any proceeds from any
sale of new securities by brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that
resales new securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning
of the Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that
it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
  

For a period of one year after the expiration date, the issuer will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement
to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The issuer has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities)
other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act. 
  
 [If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507
and/or 508.] 
  

 C-1 

 ANNEX D 
  
 Rider A 
  
 PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
  

			
	Name:	 	  

	Address:	 	  

	 	 	  

  
 Rider B 
  
 If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the
New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New
Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchange for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit
that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00079-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00079-of-00352.parquet"}]]